1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return ParsedType();
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return ParsedType();
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return ParsedType();
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return ParsedType();
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return ParsedType();
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
513                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
514                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
515                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
516   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
517     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
518     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
519                                           &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
520       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
521         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
522       else
523         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
524     }
525   }
526 
527   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
528                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
529 }
530 
531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
533                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
534                                 Expr *E,
535                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
536   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
537     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
538     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
539         !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
540       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
541         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
542       else
543         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
544     }
545   }
546 
547   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
548                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
549 }
550 
551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
552 ExprResult
553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
554                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
555   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
556   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
557     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
558     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
559     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
560     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
561     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
562       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
563   }
564 
565   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
566 
567   if (isType) {
568     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
569     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
570     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
571                                    &TInfo);
572     if (T.isNull())
573       return ExprError();
574 
575     if (!TInfo)
576       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
577 
578     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
579   }
580 
581   // The operand is an expression.
582   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
583 }
584 
585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
586 ExprResult
587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
588   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
589          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
590   return new (Context)
591       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
592 }
593 
594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
595 ExprResult
596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
597   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
598 }
599 
600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
601 ExprResult
602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
603   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
604   if (Ex) {
605     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
606     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
607     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
608     //
609     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
610     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
611     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
612     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
613     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
614     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
615     //       exception object
616     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
617       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
618         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
619           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
620             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
621               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
622               break;
623             }
624 
625             if (S->getFlags() &
626                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
627                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
628                  Scope::TryScope))
629               break;
630           }
631         }
632       }
633   }
634 
635   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
636 }
637 
638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
639                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
640   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
641   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
642       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
643     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
644 
645   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
646     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
647 
648   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
649     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
650     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
651       return ExprError();
652 
653     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
654     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
655 
656     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
657     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
658     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
659     //
660     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
661     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
662     //       catch-clause
663     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
664     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
665     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
666     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
667     //       exception object
668     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
669     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
670       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
671 
672     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
673         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
674         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
675     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
676         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677     if (Res.isInvalid())
678       return ExprError();
679     Ex = Res.get();
680   }
681 
682   return new (Context)
683       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
684 }
685 
686 static void
687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
688                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
689                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
690                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
691                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
692   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
693     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
694     bool NewSubobject;
695     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
696     // always distinct subobjects.
697     if (BS.isVirtual())
698       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
699     else
700       NewSubobject = true;
701 
702     if (NewSubobject)
703       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
704 
705     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
706     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
707     if (PublicPath)
708       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
709 
710     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
711     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
712                        PublicPath);
713   }
714 }
715 
716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
717     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
718   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
719   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
720   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
721   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
722   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
723   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
724                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
725 
726   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
727     // Skip ambiguous objects.
728     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
729       continue;
730 
731     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
732   }
733 }
734 
735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
737                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
738   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
739   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
740   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
741   bool isPointer = false;
742   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
743     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
744     isPointer = true;
745   }
746   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
747     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
748                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
749                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
750                             E->getSourceRange()))
751       return true;
752 
753     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
754                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
755       return true;
756   }
757 
758   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
759   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
760   if (!RD)
761     return false;
762 
763   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
764   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
765   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
766 
767   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
768   if (isPointer)
769     return false;
770 
771   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
772   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
773     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
774       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
775       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
776                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
777       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
778         return true;
779     }
780   }
781 
782   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
783   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
784   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
785   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
786     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
787     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
788     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
789     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
790     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
791 
792     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
793       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
794       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
795       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
796       // lookup and overload resolution.
797       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
798       if (!CD)
799         continue;
800 
801       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
802       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
803 
804       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
805       // in the catchable type data.
806       if (CD->isTrivial())
807         continue;
808 
809       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
810       // type to this constructor.
811       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
812       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
813       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
814       // friendship or any other means).
815       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
816 
817       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
818       // we must rebuild them here.
819       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
820         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
821         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
822           continue;
823 
824         Expr *DefaultArg =
825             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
826         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
827       }
828     }
829   }
830 
831   return false;
832 }
833 
834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
835   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
836   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
837   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
838     if (method && method->isInstance())
839       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
840   }
841   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
842     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
843         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
844       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
845       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
846       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
847       // from.
848       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
849           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
850       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
851       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
852       return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
853     }
854   }
855   return ThisTy;
856 }
857 
858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
859                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
860                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
861                                          bool Enabled)
862   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
863 {
864   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
865     return;
866 
867   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
868   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
869     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
870   else
871     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
872 
873   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
874     = S.Context.getPointerType(
875         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
876 
877   this->Enabled = true;
878 }
879 
880 
881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
882   if (Enabled) {
883     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
884   }
885 }
886 
887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
888                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
889   FieldDecl *Field
890     = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
891                         Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
892                         nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
893   Field->setImplicit(true);
894   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
895   RD->addDecl(Field);
896   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
897 }
898 
899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit,
900     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
901   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
902   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
903     return true;
904 
905   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
906     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
907  // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
908   unsigned NumClosures = 0;
909   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
910     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
911             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
912       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
913         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
914         break;
915       }
916       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
917       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
918         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
919         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
920           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
921         return true;
922       }
923       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
924           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
925           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
926           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
927           Explicit) {
928         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
929         NumClosures++;
930         Explicit = false;
931         continue;
932       }
933       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
934       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
935         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
936       return true;
937     }
938     break;
939   }
940   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
941   // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
942   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
943   // contexts.
944   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures;
945       --idx, --NumClosures) {
946     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
947     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
948     QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
949     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
950       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
951       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
952     else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
953         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
954       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);
955 
956     bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
957     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
958   }
959   return false;
960 }
961 
962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
963   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
964   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
965   /// which the function is called.
966 
967   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
968   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
969 
970   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
971   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
972 }
973 
974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
975   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
976   // type for 'this'.
977   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
978     return false;
979 
980   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
981   // defined.
982   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
983   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
984 }
985 
986 ExprResult
987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
988                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
989                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
990                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
991   if (!TypeRep)
992     return ExprError();
993 
994   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
995   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
996   if (!TInfo)
997     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
998 
999   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1000 }
1001 
1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1006 ExprResult
1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1008                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1009                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1010                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1011   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1012   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1013 
1014   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1015     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1016                                               RParenLoc);
1017   }
1018 
1019   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1020   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1021          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1022   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1023       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1024 
1025   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1026   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1027   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1028   // corresponding cast expression.
1029   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1030     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1031     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1032   }
1033 
1034   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1035   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1036   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1037   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1038   //   an object of type T.
1039   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1040   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1041     if (!ListInitialization)
1042       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1043                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1044     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1045   }
1046 
1047   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1048     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1049                      << FullRange);
1050 
1051   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1052       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1053                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1054     return ExprError();
1055 
1056   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1057                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1058     return ExprError();
1059 
1060   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1061   InitializationKind Kind =
1062       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1063       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1064       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1065       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1066   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1067   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1068 
1069   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1070     return Result;
1071 
1072   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1073   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1074     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1075   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1076     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1077     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1078     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1079     //
1080     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1081     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1082     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1083     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1084     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1085     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1086         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1087         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1088   }
1089 
1090   return Result;
1091 }
1092 
1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1096                                          QualType allocType) {
1097   const RecordType *record =
1098     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1099   if (!record) return false;
1100 
1101   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1102 
1103   DeclarationName deleteName =
1104     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1105   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1106   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1107 
1108   // We're just doing this for information.
1109   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1110 
1111   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1112   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1113 
1114   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1115   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1116   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1117 
1118   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1119   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1120     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1121 
1122     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1123     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1124     //   regardless of its signature.
1125     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1126       filter.erase();
1127       continue;
1128     }
1129 
1130     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1131     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1132     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1133     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1134     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1135     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1136     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1137       filter.erase();
1138       continue;
1139     }
1140   }
1141   filter.done();
1142 
1143   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1144 
1145   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1146   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1150 ///
1151 /// E.g.:
1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1153 /// or
1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1155 ///
1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1164 ///   if there is none.
1165 ExprResult
1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1167                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1168                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1169                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1170   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1171 
1172   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1173   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1174   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1175       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1176      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1177     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1178       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1179         << D.getSourceRange());
1180     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1181       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1182         << D.getSourceRange());
1183     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1184       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1185         << D.getSourceRange());
1186 
1187     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1188     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1189   }
1190 
1191   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1192   if (ArraySize) {
1193     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1194       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1195         break;
1196 
1197       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1198       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1199         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1200           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1201 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1202 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1203 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1204             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1205             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1206             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1207             Array.NumElts
1208              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1209                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1210                  .get();
1211           } else {
1212             Array.NumElts
1213               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1214                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1215                   .get();
1216           }
1217           if (!Array.NumElts)
1218             return ExprError();
1219         }
1220       }
1221     }
1222   }
1223 
1224   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1225   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1226   if (D.isInvalidType())
1227     return ExprError();
1228 
1229   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1230   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1231     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1232 
1233   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1234                      PlacementLParen,
1235                      PlacementArgs,
1236                      PlacementRParen,
1237                      TypeIdParens,
1238                      AllocType,
1239                      TInfo,
1240                      ArraySize,
1241                      DirectInitRange,
1242                      Initializer,
1243                      TypeContainsAuto);
1244 }
1245 
1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1247                                        Expr *Init) {
1248   if (!Init)
1249     return true;
1250   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1251     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1252   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1253     return true;
1254   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1255     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1256            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1257   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1258     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1259            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1260     return true;
1261   }
1262   return false;
1263 }
1264 
1265 ExprResult
1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1267                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1268                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1269                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1270                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1271                   QualType AllocType,
1272                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1273                   Expr *ArraySize,
1274                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1275                   Expr *Initializer,
1276                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1277   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1278   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1279 
1280   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1281   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1282     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1283     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1284   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1285     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1286   else {
1287     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1288             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1289            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1290     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1291   }
1292 
1293   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1294   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1295   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1296     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1297     Inits = List->getExprs();
1298     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1299   }
1300 
1301   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1302   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1303     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1304       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1305                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1306     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1307         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1308       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1309                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1310                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1311     if (NumInits > 1) {
1312       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1313       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1314                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1315                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1316     }
1317     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1318     QualType DeducedType;
1319     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1320       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1321                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1322                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1323     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1324       return ExprError();
1325     AllocType = DeducedType;
1326   }
1327 
1328   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1329   // typedef of an array type.
1330   if (!ArraySize) {
1331     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1332                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1333       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1334                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1335                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1336       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1337     }
1338   }
1339 
1340   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1341     return ExprError();
1342 
1343   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1344       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1345     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1346          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1347         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1348   }
1349 
1350   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1351   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1352       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1353       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1354     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1355                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1356   }
1357 
1358   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1359 
1360   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1361     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1362     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1363     ArraySize = result.get();
1364   }
1365   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1366   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1367   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1368   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1369   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1370   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1371   //   std::size_t.
1372   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1373     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1374     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1375       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1376 
1377       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1378 						AA_Converting);
1379 
1380       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1381           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1382         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1383         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1384           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1385     } else {
1386       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1387       protected:
1388         Expr *ArraySize;
1389 
1390       public:
1391         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1392             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1393               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1394 
1395         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1396                                              QualType T) override {
1397           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1398                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1399         }
1400 
1401         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1402             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1403           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1404                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1405         }
1406 
1407         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1408             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1409           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1410         }
1411 
1412         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1413             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1414           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1415                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1416         }
1417 
1418         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1419             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1420           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1421         }
1422 
1423         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1424             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1425           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1426                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1427         }
1428 
1429         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1430                                                  QualType T,
1431                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1432           return S.Diag(Loc,
1433                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1434                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1435                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1436                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1437         }
1438       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1439 
1440       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1441                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1442     }
1443     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1444       return ExprError();
1445 
1446     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1447     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1448 
1449     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1450       return ExprError();
1451 
1452     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1453     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1454     //   with a non-negative value.
1455     //
1456     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1457     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1458     // array type.
1459     //
1460     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1461     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1462     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1463       llvm::APSInt Value;
1464       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1465       // unscoped enumeration type.
1466       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1467         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1468                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1469                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1470           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1471             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1472                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1473               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1474           else
1475             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1476                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1477                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1478         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1479           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1480             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1481           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1482             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1483               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1484                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1485                 << Value.toString(10)
1486                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1487             else
1488               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1489                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1490                                << Value.toString(10)
1491                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1492           }
1493         }
1494       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1495         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1496         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1497           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1498           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1499           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1500 
1501         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1502       }
1503     }
1504 
1505     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1506     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1507   }
1508 
1509   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1510   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1511 
1512   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1513       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1514       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1515                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1516                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1517                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1518     return ExprError();
1519 
1520   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1521   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1522   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1523   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1524     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1525       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1526 
1527   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1528   if (OperatorNew) {
1529     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1530         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1531     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1532                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1533 
1534     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1535     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1536     // argument.
1537     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1538                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1539       return ExprError();
1540 
1541     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1542       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1543 
1544     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1545     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1546 
1547     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1548   }
1549 
1550   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1551   // new.
1552   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1553       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1554        getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
1555     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1556       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1557       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1558         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1559             << AllocType
1560             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1561             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1562     }
1563   }
1564 
1565   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1566   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1567   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1568   // dialect distinction.
1569   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1570     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1571       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1572                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1573       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1574       return ExprError();
1575     }
1576     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1577       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1578       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1579       // default-initialization).
1580       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1581       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1582           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1583                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1584     }
1585   }
1586 
1587   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1588   // do it now.
1589   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1590       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1591           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1592     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1593     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1594     //   object as follows:
1595     InitializationKind Kind
1596     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1597     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1598     //       the object has indeterminate value
1599       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1600           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1601     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1602     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1603           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1604               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1605               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1606                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1607                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1608 
1609     InitializedEntity Entity
1610       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1611     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1612     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1613                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1614     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1615       return ExprError();
1616 
1617     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1618     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1619     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1620             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1621       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1622 
1623     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1624   }
1625 
1626   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1627   if (OperatorNew) {
1628     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1629       return ExprError();
1630     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1631   }
1632   if (OperatorDelete) {
1633     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1634       return ExprError();
1635     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1636   }
1637 
1638   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1639   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1640   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1641   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1642   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1643     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1644       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1645               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1646         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1647         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1648                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1649                                 << BaseAllocType);
1650         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1651           return ExprError();
1652       }
1653     }
1654   }
1655 
1656   return new (Context)
1657       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1658                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1659                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1660                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1661 }
1662 
1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1664 /// in a new-expression.
1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1666                               SourceRange R) {
1667   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1668   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1669   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1670     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1671       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1672   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1673     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1674       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1675   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1676            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1677     return true;
1678   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1679                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1680     return true;
1681   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1682     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1683              << AllocType;
1684   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1685     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1686       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1687   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1688     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1689       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1690       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1691           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1692         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1693           << BaseAllocType;
1694     }
1695   }
1696 
1697   return false;
1698 }
1699 
1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1701 /// deallocation function.
1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1703   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1704     return false;
1705 
1706   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1707     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1708 
1709   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1710       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1711     return false;
1712 
1713   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1714     return true;
1715 
1716   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1717          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1718                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1719 }
1720 
1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1724                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1725                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1726                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1727                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1728   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1729   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1730   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1731   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1732   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1733   //   operator new.
1734   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1735   //   placement form.
1736 
1737   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1738   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1739   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1740   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1741   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1742                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1743                       Context.getSizeType(),
1744                       SourceLocation());
1745   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1746   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1747 
1748   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1749   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1750   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1751   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1752   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1753   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1754   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1755                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1756   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1757                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1758 
1759   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1760 
1761   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1762     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1763       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1764     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1765                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1766       return true;
1767   }
1768 
1769   if (!OperatorNew) {
1770     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1771     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1772     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1773     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
1774     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1775                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
1776                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
1777       if (!FallbackEnabled)
1778         return true;
1779 
1780       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
1781       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
1782       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
1783       // will not replicate that bug.
1784       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
1785       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
1786       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1787                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
1788       return true;
1789     }
1790   }
1791 
1792   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1793   // -fno-exceptions.
1794   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
1795     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1796     return false;
1797   }
1798 
1799   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1800   //
1801   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
1802   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
1803   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
1804   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
1805   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1806   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
1807   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
1808   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1809   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1810     CXXRecordDecl *RD
1811       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1812     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1813   }
1814   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1815     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
1816 
1817   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1818     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1819     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1820   }
1821 
1822   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
1823 
1824   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1825 
1826   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1827   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1828   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
1829   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1830   //   A *a = new A()
1831   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1832 
1833   if (isPlacementNew) {
1834     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1835     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1836     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1837     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1838     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1839     //   identical. [...]
1840     //
1841     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1842     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1843     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
1844     //
1845     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
1846     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1847     {
1848       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1849         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1850 
1851       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
1852       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1853       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
1854         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
1855 
1856       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1857       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1858 
1859       ExpectedFunctionType
1860         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
1861     }
1862 
1863     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1864                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1865          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1866       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
1867       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
1868             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1869         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1870         // expected function type.
1871         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
1872         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
1873                                     Info))
1874           continue;
1875       } else
1876         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1877 
1878       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
1879         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1880     }
1881   } else {
1882     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1883     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1884     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
1885     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1886                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1887          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1888       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1889         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
1890           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1891     }
1892 
1893     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
1894     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
1895     //   function lookup is used
1896     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
1897     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
1898     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
1899     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
1900     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
1901     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
1902     //   with one parameter.
1903     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
1904       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
1905         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
1906       else
1907         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
1908       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1909              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
1910     }
1911   }
1912 
1913   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1914   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1915   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1916   //   deallocation function will be called.
1917   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1918     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
1919 
1920     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1921     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1922     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1923     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1924     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1925     //   is ill-formed.
1926     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
1927         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
1928       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
1929         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
1930                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
1931       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
1932         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1933           << DeleteName;
1934     } else {
1935       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
1936                             Matches[0].first);
1937     }
1938   }
1939 
1940   return false;
1941 }
1942 
1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
1944 /// in the specified scope.
1945 ///
1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
1951 ///        translation unit.
1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
1953 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
1954 ///        Operator.
1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
1956 ///        no allocation function was found.
1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
1958 ///        usable.
1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1960                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
1961                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
1962                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1963                                   bool Diagnose) {
1964   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1965   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
1966   if (R.empty()) {
1967     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
1968       return false;
1969     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1970       << Name << Range;
1971   }
1972 
1973   if (R.isAmbiguous())
1974     return true;
1975 
1976   R.suppressDiagnostics();
1977 
1978   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1979   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
1980        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
1981     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1982     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
1983     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1984 
1985     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1986       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
1987                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
1988                                    Args, Candidates,
1989                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1990       continue;
1991     }
1992 
1993     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1994     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
1995                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1996   }
1997 
1998   // Do the resolution.
1999   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2000   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2001   case OR_Success: {
2002     // Got one!
2003     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2004     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2005                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2006       return true;
2007 
2008     Operator = FnDecl;
2009     return false;
2010   }
2011 
2012   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2013     if (Diagnose) {
2014       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2015         << Name << Range;
2016       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2017     }
2018     return true;
2019 
2020   case OR_Ambiguous:
2021     if (Diagnose) {
2022       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2023         << Name << Range;
2024       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2025     }
2026     return true;
2027 
2028   case OR_Deleted: {
2029     if (Diagnose) {
2030       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2031         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2032         << Name
2033         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2034         << Range;
2035       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2036     }
2037     return true;
2038   }
2039   }
2040   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2041 }
2042 
2043 
2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2045 /// delete. These are:
2046 /// @code
2047 ///   // C++03:
2048 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2049 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2050 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2051 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2052 ///   // C++11:
2053 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2054 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2055 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2056 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2057 ///   // C++1y:
2058 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2059 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2060 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2061 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2062 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2063 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2064 /// @endcode
2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2068   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2069     return;
2070 
2071   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2072   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2073   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2074   //   program
2075   //
2076   //     C++03:
2077   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2078   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2079   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2080   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2081   //     C++11:
2082   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2083   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2084   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2085   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2086   //     C++1y:
2087   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2088   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2089   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2090   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2091   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2092   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2093   //
2094   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2095   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2096   //
2097   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2098   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2099   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2100   // lookup.
2101   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2102     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2103     // implicitly.
2104     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2105                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2106                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2107                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2108                                         nullptr);
2109     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2110   }
2111 
2112   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2113 
2114   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2115   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2116   bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
2117 
2118   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2119       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2120       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2121   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2122       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2123       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2124   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2125       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2126       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2127   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2128       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2129       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2130   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2131     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2132         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2133         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2134     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2135         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2136         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2137   }
2138 }
2139 
2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2143                                            QualType Return,
2144                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
2145                                            bool AddRestrictAttr) {
2146   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2147   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2148 
2149   // Check if this function is already declared.
2150   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2151   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2152        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2153     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2154     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2155     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2156       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2157         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2158             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2159                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2160         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2161             NumParams == 2
2162                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2163                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2164                 : QualType();
2165         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2166         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2167             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2168           if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>())
2169             Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(
2170                 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2171           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2172           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2173           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2174           Func->setHidden(false);
2175           return;
2176         }
2177       }
2178     }
2179   }
2180 
2181   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2182 
2183   QualType BadAllocType;
2184   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2185     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2186        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2187   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2188     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2189       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2190       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2191       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2192       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2193     }
2194   } else {
2195     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2196         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2197   }
2198 
2199   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2200 
2201   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2202       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2203   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2204     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2205                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2206                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2207   Alloc->setImplicit();
2208 
2209   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2210   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2211                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2212 
2213   if (AddRestrictAttr)
2214     Alloc->addAttr(
2215         RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2216 
2217   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2218   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2219     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2220                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2221                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2222                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2223     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2224   }
2225   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2226 
2227   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2228   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2229 }
2230 
2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2232                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2233                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2234   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2235 
2236   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2237   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2238 
2239   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2240   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2241   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2242   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2243   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2244                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2245        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2246     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2247       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2248         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2249   }
2250 
2251   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2252   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2253   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2254   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2255   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2256   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2257   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2258   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2259     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2260     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2261       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2262     else
2263       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2264     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2265            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2266   }
2267 
2268   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2269          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2270   return Matches.front();
2271 }
2272 
2273 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2274                                     DeclarationName Name,
2275                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2276   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2277   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2278   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2279 
2280   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2281     return true;
2282 
2283   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2284 
2285   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2286   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2287        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2288     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2289 
2290     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2291     // deallocation function.
2292     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2293       continue;
2294 
2295     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2296       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2297   }
2298 
2299   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2300   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2301     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2302 
2303     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2304       if (Diagnose) {
2305         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2306         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2307       }
2308       return true;
2309     }
2310 
2311     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2312                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2313       return true;
2314 
2315     return false;
2316 
2317   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2318   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2319     if (Diagnose) {
2320       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2321         << Name << RD;
2322 
2323       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2324              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2325         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2326              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2327     }
2328     return true;
2329   }
2330 
2331   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2332   // none of them were suitable.
2333   if (!Found.empty()) {
2334     if (Diagnose) {
2335       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2336         << Name << RD;
2337 
2338       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2339            F != FEnd; ++F)
2340         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2341              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2342     }
2343     return true;
2344   }
2345 
2346   Operator = nullptr;
2347   return false;
2348 }
2349 
2350 namespace {
2351 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2352 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2353 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2354 public:
2355   enum MismatchResult {
2356     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2357     NoMismatch,
2358     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2359     VarInitMismatches,
2360     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2361     MemberInitMismatches,
2362     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2363     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2364     AnalyzeLater
2365   };
2366 
2367   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2368   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2369   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2370   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2371       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2372         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2373 
2374   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2375   /// matching form of new-expression.
2376   ///
2377   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2378   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2379   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2380   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2381   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2382   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2383   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2384   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2385   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2386   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2387   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2388   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2389   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2390   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2391   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2392   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2393   bool IsArrayForm;
2394   FieldDecl *Field;
2395 
2396 private:
2397   const bool EndOfTU;
2398   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2399   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2400   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2401   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2402   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2403   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2404   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2405   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2406   ///
2407   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2408   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2409   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2410   /// \c NoMismatch.
2411   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2412   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2413   /// \c new.
2414   ///
2415   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2416   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2417   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2418   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2419   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2420   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2421   /// form of \c new.
2422   ///
2423   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2424   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2425   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2426   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2427   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2428   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2429   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2430   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2431   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2432   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2433   /// in-class initializer.
2434   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2435 };
2436 }
2437 
2438 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2439 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2440   NewExprs.clear();
2441   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2442   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2443   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2444   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2445     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2446   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2447     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2448       return VarInitMismatches;
2449   }
2450   return NoMismatch;
2451 }
2452 
2453 const CXXNewExpr *
2454 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2455   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2456   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2457   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2458     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2459       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2460   }
2461 
2462   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2463 }
2464 
2465 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2466     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2467   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2468   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2469       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2470     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2471       return true;
2472     else
2473       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2474   }
2475   return false;
2476 }
2477 
2478 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2479     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2480   if (CD->isImplicit())
2481     return false;
2482   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2483   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2484     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2485     return EndOfTU;
2486   }
2487   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2488     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2489       return true;
2490   }
2491   return false;
2492 }
2493 
2494 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2495 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2496   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2497   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE =
2498           getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(Field->getInClassInitializer())) {
2499     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2500       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2501       return MemberInitMismatches;
2502     }
2503   }
2504   return NoMismatch;
2505 }
2506 
2507 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2508 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2509                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2510   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2511   this->Field = Field;
2512   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2513   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2514   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2515     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2516       return NoMismatch;
2517   }
2518   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2519     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2520   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2521     return MemberInitMismatches;
2522   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2523                                         : NoMismatch;
2524 }
2525 
2526 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2527 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2528   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2529   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2530     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2531   return NoMismatch;
2532 }
2533 
2534 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2535   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2536   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2537     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2538         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2539       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2540     }
2541   }
2542   return NewExprs.empty();
2543 }
2544 
2545 static void
2546 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2547                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2548   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2549   FixItHint H;
2550   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2551     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2552   else {
2553     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2554         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2555         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2556     if (RSquare.isValid())
2557       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2558   }
2559   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2560       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2561 
2562   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2563     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2564         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2565 }
2566 
2567 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2568   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2569     return;
2570   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2571   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2572   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2573   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2574     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2575     break;
2576   }
2577   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2578     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2579         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2580     break;
2581   }
2582   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2583     break;
2584   }
2585 }
2586 
2587 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2588                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2589   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2590   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2591   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2592     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2593   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2594     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2595                      "translation unit.");
2596   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2597     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2598     break;
2599   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2600     break;
2601   }
2602 }
2603 
2604 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2605 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2606 /// or
2607 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2608 ExprResult
2609 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2610                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2611   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2612   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2613   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2614   //   void.
2615   //
2616   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2617 
2618   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2619   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2620   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2621   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2622 
2623   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2624     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2625     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2626     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2627       return ExprError();
2628 
2629     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2630 
2631     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2632     public:
2633       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2634 
2635       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2636         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2637         // the operator T*.
2638         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2639           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2640             return true;
2641         return false;
2642       }
2643 
2644       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2645                                             QualType T) override {
2646         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2647       }
2648 
2649       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2650                                                QualType T) override {
2651         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2652       }
2653 
2654       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2655                                                  QualType T,
2656                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2657         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2658       }
2659 
2660       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2661                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2662         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2663           << ConvTy;
2664       }
2665 
2666       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2667                                               QualType T) override {
2668         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2669       }
2670 
2671       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2672                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2673         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2674           << ConvTy;
2675       }
2676 
2677       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2678                                                QualType T,
2679                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2680         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2681       }
2682     } Converter;
2683 
2684     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2685     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2686       return ExprError();
2687     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2688     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2689       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2690       //        itself in this case.
2691       return ExprError();
2692 
2693     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2694     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2695 
2696     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2697       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2698                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2699                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2700 
2701     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2702     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2703       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2704       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2705       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2706       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2707         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2708     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2709       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2710         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2711     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2712       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2713                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2714         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2715           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2716       }
2717     }
2718 
2719     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2720       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2721           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2722           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2723       ArrayForm = true;
2724     }
2725 
2726     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2727                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2728 
2729     if (PointeeRD) {
2730       if (!UseGlobal &&
2731           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2732                                    OperatorDelete))
2733         return ExprError();
2734 
2735       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2736       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2737       if (ArrayForm) {
2738         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2739         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2740         if (UseGlobal)
2741           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2742             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2743 
2744         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2745         // function we just found.
2746         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2747           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2748       }
2749 
2750       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2751         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2752           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2753                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2754           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2755             return ExprError();
2756         }
2757 
2758       // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
2759       //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
2760       //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
2761       //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
2762       //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
2763       //   behavior is undefined.
2764       //
2765       // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
2766       if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
2767         CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
2768         if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
2769           if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
2770             // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
2771             // sure the code has undefined behavior.
2772             Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
2773                 << PointeeElem;
2774           } else if (!ArrayForm) {
2775             // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
2776             // but not necessarily wrong.
2777             Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
2778           }
2779         }
2780       }
2781 
2782     }
2783 
2784     if (!OperatorDelete)
2785       // Look for a global declaration.
2786       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2787           StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) &&
2788                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2789                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2790           DeleteName);
2791 
2792     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2793 
2794     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
2795     if (PointeeRD) {
2796       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2797           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
2798                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
2799       }
2800     }
2801   }
2802 
2803   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
2804       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
2805       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
2806   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
2807   return Result;
2808 }
2809 
2810 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
2811 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
2812 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
2813                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2814                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
2815   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
2816     return ExprError();
2817 
2818   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
2819 
2820   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
2821   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
2822   if (T->isFunctionType())
2823     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2824                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
2825                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2826   else if (T->isArrayType())
2827     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2828                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
2829                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2830 
2831   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2832       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
2833       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2834       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
2835 
2836   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
2837 
2838   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
2839     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
2840     if (Condition.isInvalid())
2841       return ExprError();
2842   }
2843 
2844   return Condition;
2845 }
2846 
2847 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
2848 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
2849   // C++ 6.4p4:
2850   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
2851   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
2852   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
2853   // program is ill-formed.
2854   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
2855   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
2856   //
2857   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
2858 }
2859 
2860 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
2861 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
2862 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
2863 /// respectively).
2864 bool
2865 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
2866   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
2867   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
2868     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
2869 
2870   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
2871   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
2872   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
2873   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
2874   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
2875     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
2876       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
2877           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
2878         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
2879         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
2880         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
2881           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
2882             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
2883             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
2884             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
2885               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
2886               break;
2887             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
2888               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
2889                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
2890             case StringLiteral::Wide:
2891               return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
2892           }
2893         }
2894       }
2895 
2896   return false;
2897 }
2898 
2899 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
2900                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
2901                                        QualType Ty,
2902                                        CastKind Kind,
2903                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2904                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2905                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
2906                                        Expr *From) {
2907   switch (Kind) {
2908   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
2909   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
2910     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
2911     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
2912 
2913     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
2914                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2915       return ExprError();
2916 
2917     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
2918       return ExprError();
2919 
2920     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
2921                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
2922                              Constructor->getAccess());
2923     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2924       return ExprError();
2925 
2926     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
2927         CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
2928         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
2929         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2930         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
2931     if (Result.isInvalid())
2932       return ExprError();
2933 
2934     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
2935   }
2936 
2937   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
2938     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
2939 
2940     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
2941     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2942       return ExprError();
2943 
2944     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
2945     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
2946     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
2947                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
2948     if (Result.isInvalid())
2949       return ExprError();
2950     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
2951     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
2952                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
2953                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
2954 
2955     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
2956   }
2957   }
2958 }
2959 
2960 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2961 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
2962 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
2963 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
2964 /// used in the error message.
2965 ExprResult
2966 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2967                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
2968                                 AssignmentAction Action,
2969                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
2970   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
2971   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
2972     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
2973                                                Action, CCK);
2974     if (Res.isInvalid())
2975       return ExprError();
2976     From = Res.get();
2977     break;
2978   }
2979 
2980   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
2981 
2982       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
2983       CastKind CastKind;
2984       QualType BeforeToType;
2985       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
2986       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
2987         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
2988 
2989         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
2990         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
2991         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
2992         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
2993       } else {
2994         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
2995         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
2996         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
2997         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
2998           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
2999           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3000           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3001           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3002         }
3003       }
3004       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3005       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3006         ExprResult Res =
3007           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3008                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3009                                     CCK);
3010         if (Res.isInvalid())
3011           return ExprError();
3012         From = Res.get();
3013       }
3014 
3015       ExprResult CastArg
3016         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3017                                From->getLocStart(),
3018                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3019                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3020                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3021                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3022                                From);
3023 
3024       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3025         return ExprError();
3026 
3027       From = CastArg.get();
3028 
3029       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3030                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3031   }
3032 
3033   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3034     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3035                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3036                             << From->getSourceRange());
3037      return ExprError();
3038 
3039   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3040     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3041 
3042   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3043     return ExprError();
3044   }
3045 
3046   // Everything went well.
3047   return From;
3048 }
3049 
3050 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3051 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3052 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3053 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3054 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3055 ExprResult
3056 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3057                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3058                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3059                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3060   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3061 
3062   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3063   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3064   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3065   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3066   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3067 
3068   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3069     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3070     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3071     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3072       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3073       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3074                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3075                                   ConstructorArgs))
3076         return ExprError();
3077       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3078           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3079           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3080           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3081           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3082     }
3083     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3084         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3085         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3086         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3087         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3088   }
3089 
3090   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3091   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3092     DeclAccessPair Found;
3093     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3094                                                           true, Found);
3095     if (!Fn)
3096       return ExprError();
3097 
3098     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3099       return ExprError();
3100 
3101     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3102     FromType = From->getType();
3103   }
3104 
3105   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3106   // non-atomic type.
3107   QualType ToAtomicType;
3108   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3109     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3110     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3111   }
3112 
3113   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3114   switch (SCS.First) {
3115   case ICK_Identity:
3116     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3117       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3118       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3119                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3120     }
3121     break;
3122 
3123   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3124     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3125     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3126     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3127     From = FromRes.get();
3128     FromType = From->getType();
3129     break;
3130   }
3131 
3132   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3133     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3134     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3135                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3136     break;
3137 
3138   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3139     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3140     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3141                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3142     break;
3143 
3144   default:
3145     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3146   }
3147 
3148   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3149   switch (SCS.Second) {
3150   case ICK_Identity:
3151     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3152     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3153     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3154     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3155     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3156     switch (Action) {
3157     case AA_Assigning:
3158     case AA_Initializing:
3159       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3160     case AA_Passing:
3161     case AA_Returning:
3162     case AA_Sending:
3163     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3164       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3165         return ExprError();
3166       break;
3167 
3168     case AA_Casting:
3169     case AA_Converting:
3170       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3171       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3172       break;
3173     }
3174     // Nothing else to do.
3175     break;
3176 
3177   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3178     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3179     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3180     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3181       return ExprError();
3182 
3183     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3184                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3185     break;
3186 
3187   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3188   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3189     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3190       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3191              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3192              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3193       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3194                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3195     } else {
3196       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3197                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3198     }
3199     break;
3200 
3201   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3202   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3203     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3204                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3205     break;
3206 
3207   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3208   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3209     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3210     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3211     CastKind CK;
3212     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3213       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3214         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3215       else
3216         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3217     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3218       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3219     } else {
3220       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3221     }
3222     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3223                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3224     break;
3225   }
3226 
3227   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3228     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3229       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3230                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3231     else
3232       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3233                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3234     break;
3235 
3236   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3237       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3238                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3239     break;
3240 
3241   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3242   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3243     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3244       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3245       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3246         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3247              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3248           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3249           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3250       else
3251         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3252              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3253           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3254           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3255 
3256       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3257           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3258         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3259     }
3260     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3261              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3262                                                     From->getType())) {
3263       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3264         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3265              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3266       else
3267         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3268              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3269           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3270           << From->getSourceRange();
3271     }
3272 
3273     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3274     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3275     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3276       return ExprError();
3277 
3278     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3279     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3280     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3281       ExprResult E = From;
3282       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3283       From = E.get();
3284     }
3285     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3286       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3287     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3288              .get();
3289     break;
3290   }
3291 
3292   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3293     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3294     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3295     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3296       return ExprError();
3297     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3298       return ExprError();
3299 
3300     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3301     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3302     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3303       RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType(), 0);
3304       RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 0);
3305     }
3306 
3307     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3308              .get();
3309     break;
3310   }
3311 
3312   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3313     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3314     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3315       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3316       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3317     }
3318 
3319     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3320                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3321                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3322     break;
3323 
3324   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3325     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3326     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3327                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3328                                      From->getLocStart(),
3329                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3330                                      &BasePath,
3331                                      CStyle))
3332       return ExprError();
3333 
3334     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3335                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3336                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3337     break;
3338   }
3339 
3340   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3341     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3342                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3343     break;
3344 
3345   case ICK_Vector_Splat:
3346     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3347     // Cast to the element type.
3348     {
3349       QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3350       if (elType != From->getType()) {
3351         ExprResult E = From;
3352         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType,
3353                                  PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get();
3354       }
3355       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat,
3356                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3357     }
3358     break;
3359 
3360   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3361     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3362     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3363       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3364       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3365 
3366       // x -> y
3367       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3368         // do nothing
3369       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3370         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3371                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3372       } else {
3373         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3374         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3375                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3376       }
3377       // y -> _Complex y
3378       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3379                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3380                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3381 
3382     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3383     } else {
3384       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3385       assert(FromComplex);
3386 
3387       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3388       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3389 
3390       // _Complex x -> x
3391       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3392                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3393                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3394                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3395 
3396       // x -> y
3397       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3398         // do nothing
3399       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3400         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3401                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3402                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3403       } else {
3404         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3405         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3406                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3407                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3408       }
3409     }
3410     break;
3411 
3412   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3413     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3414                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3415     break;
3416   }
3417 
3418   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3419     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3420     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3421       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3422     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3423       return ExprError();
3424     From = FromRes.get();
3425     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3426             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3427     (void)ConvTy;
3428     break;
3429   }
3430 
3431   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3432     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3433                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3434                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3435     break;
3436 
3437   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3438   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3439   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3440   case ICK_Qualification:
3441   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3442     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3443   }
3444 
3445   switch (SCS.Third) {
3446   case ICK_Identity:
3447     // Nothing to do.
3448     break;
3449 
3450   case ICK_Qualification: {
3451     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3452     // target type isn't a reference.
3453     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3454                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3455     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3456                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3457 
3458     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3459         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3460       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3461            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3462            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3463         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3464     }
3465 
3466     break;
3467   }
3468 
3469   default:
3470     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3471   }
3472 
3473   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3474   // that conversion now.
3475   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3476     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3477         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3478     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3479                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3480   }
3481 
3482   return From;
3483 }
3484 
3485 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3486 ///
3487 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3488 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3489 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3490 /// returns true.
3491 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3492                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3493                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3494   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3495   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3496   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3497   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3498   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3499   //   must be a complete type.
3500   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3501   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3502   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3503   switch (UTT) {
3504   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3505     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3506   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3507     // Fall-through
3508 
3509     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3510     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3511     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3512     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3513   case UTT_IsVoid:
3514   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3515   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3516   case UTT_IsArray:
3517   case UTT_IsPointer:
3518   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3519   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3520   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3521   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3522   case UTT_IsEnum:
3523   case UTT_IsUnion:
3524   case UTT_IsClass:
3525   case UTT_IsFunction:
3526   case UTT_IsReference:
3527   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3528   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3529   case UTT_IsObject:
3530   case UTT_IsScalar:
3531   case UTT_IsCompound:
3532   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3533     // Fall-through
3534 
3535     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3536     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3537     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3538     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3539     // Table 49.
3540   case UTT_IsConst:
3541   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3542   case UTT_IsSigned:
3543   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3544     return true;
3545 
3546     // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3547     // applied to a complete type.
3548   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3549   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3550   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3551   case UTT_IsPOD:
3552   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3553   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3554   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3555   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3556   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3557   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3558   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3559     // Fall-through
3560 
3561   // These traits require a complete type.
3562   case UTT_IsFinal:
3563   case UTT_IsSealed:
3564 
3565     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3566     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3567     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3568     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3569     // requiring the complete type.
3570   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3571   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3572   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3573   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3574   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3575   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3576   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3577   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3578   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3579   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3580   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3581     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3582     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3583     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3584       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3585 
3586     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3587     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3588       return true;
3589 
3590     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3591       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3592   }
3593 }
3594 
3595 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3596                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3597                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3598                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3599                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3600 {
3601   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3602   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3603     return true;
3604 
3605   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3606   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3607   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3608   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3609     bool FoundOperator = false;
3610     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3611     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3612          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3613       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3614         continue;
3615 
3616       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3617       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3618         FoundOperator = true;
3619         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3620           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3621         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3622         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3623           return false;
3624       }
3625     }
3626     return FoundOperator;
3627   }
3628   return false;
3629 }
3630 
3631 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3632                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3633   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3634 
3635   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3636   switch(UTT) {
3637   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3638     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3639     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3640   case UTT_IsVoid:
3641     return T->isVoidType();
3642   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3643     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3644   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3645     return T->isFloatingType();
3646   case UTT_IsArray:
3647     return T->isArrayType();
3648   case UTT_IsPointer:
3649     return T->isPointerType();
3650   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3651     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3652   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3653     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3654   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3655     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3656   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3657     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3658   case UTT_IsEnum:
3659     return T->isEnumeralType();
3660   case UTT_IsUnion:
3661     return T->isUnionType();
3662   case UTT_IsClass:
3663     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3664   case UTT_IsFunction:
3665     return T->isFunctionType();
3666 
3667     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3668     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3669   case UTT_IsReference:
3670     return T->isReferenceType();
3671   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3672     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3673   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3674     return T->isFundamentalType();
3675   case UTT_IsObject:
3676     return T->isObjectType();
3677   case UTT_IsScalar:
3678     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3679     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3680     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3681     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3682     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3683       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3684       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3685       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3686         return true;
3687 
3688       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3689       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3690       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3691         return false;
3692       }
3693     }
3694 
3695     return T->isScalarType();
3696   case UTT_IsCompound:
3697     return T->isCompoundType();
3698   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3699     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3700 
3701     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3702     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3703   case UTT_IsConst:
3704     return T.isConstQualified();
3705   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3706     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3707   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3708     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3709   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3710     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3711   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3712     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3713   case UTT_IsPOD:
3714     return T.isPODType(C);
3715   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3716     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3717   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3718     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3719       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3720     return false;
3721   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3722     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3723       return RD->isPolymorphic();
3724     return false;
3725   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3726     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3727       return RD->isAbstract();
3728     return false;
3729   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3730     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3731       return RD->isInterface();
3732     return false;
3733   case UTT_IsFinal:
3734     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3735       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
3736     return false;
3737   case UTT_IsSealed:
3738     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3739       if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>())
3740         return FA->isSpelledAsSealed();
3741     return false;
3742   case UTT_IsSigned:
3743     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
3744   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3745     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3746 
3747     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
3748     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
3749     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
3750     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
3751     // specifications.
3752     //
3753     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3754     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
3755     //
3756     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
3757     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
3758     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
3759     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
3760     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
3761     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
3762   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3763     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3764     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
3765     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
3766     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
3767     if (T.isPODType(C))
3768       return true;
3769     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3770       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3771              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
3772     return false;
3773   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3774     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3775     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3776     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
3777     if (T.isPODType(C))
3778       return true;
3779     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3780       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
3781     return false;
3782   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3783     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3784     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
3785     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
3786     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
3787     //   is true, else it is false.
3788     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3789       return true;
3790     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3791       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3792              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
3793     return false;
3794   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3795     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3796     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
3797     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
3798     if (T.isPODType(C))
3799       return true;
3800     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3801       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
3802     return false;
3803   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3804     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3805     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3806     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
3807     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
3808     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
3809     //   true, else it is false.
3810     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
3811     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
3812     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
3813     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
3814     // [class.copy]p12).
3815 
3816     if (T.isConstQualified())
3817       return false;
3818     if (T.isPODType(C))
3819       return true;
3820     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3821       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
3822              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
3823     return false;
3824   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3825   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3826     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3827     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
3828     if (T->isReferenceType())
3829       return true;
3830 
3831     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3832     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3833         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3834       return true;
3835 
3836     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3837     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
3838     //   false.
3839     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
3840       return false;
3841 
3842     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3843     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
3844     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
3845     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
3846     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3847       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
3848       if (!Destructor)
3849         return false;
3850       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
3851       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
3852       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
3853       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
3854         return false;
3855       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
3856         return false;
3857       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
3858         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3859             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3860         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3861         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3862           return false;
3863       }
3864     }
3865     return true;
3866 
3867   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3868     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3869     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
3870     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
3871     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
3872     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
3873     //   false.
3874     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3875       return true;
3876 
3877     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3878     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3879         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3880       return true;
3881 
3882     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3883       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
3884     return false;
3885   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
3886   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3887     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3888     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3889     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
3890     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
3891     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
3892     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3893     //   false.
3894     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
3895       return false;
3896     if (T->isReferenceType())
3897       return false;
3898     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3899       return true;
3900 
3901     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
3902       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3903                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
3904                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
3905                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
3906     return false;
3907   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3908     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3909     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3910     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
3911     if (T.isPODType(C))
3912       return true;
3913 
3914     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
3915       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3916                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
3917                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
3918                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
3919     return false;
3920   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3921     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3922     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
3923     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
3924     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3925     //   false.
3926     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3927       return true;
3928     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3929       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3930           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
3931         return true;
3932 
3933       bool FoundConstructor = false;
3934       unsigned FoundTQs;
3935       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
3936         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
3937         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
3938         // resolution point.
3939         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
3940           continue;
3941         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
3942         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
3943           FoundConstructor = true;
3944           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
3945               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3946           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3947           if (!CPT)
3948             return false;
3949           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
3950           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
3951           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
3952             return false;
3953         }
3954       }
3955 
3956       return FoundConstructor;
3957     }
3958     return false;
3959   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3960     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3961     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
3962     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
3963     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
3964     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
3965     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3966       return true;
3967     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3968       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3969           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
3970         return true;
3971 
3972       bool FoundConstructor = false;
3973       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
3974         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
3975         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
3976           continue;
3977         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
3978         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
3979           FoundConstructor = true;
3980           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
3981               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3982           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3983           if (!CPT)
3984             return false;
3985           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
3986           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
3987           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
3988             return false;
3989         }
3990       }
3991       return FoundConstructor;
3992     }
3993     return false;
3994   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3995     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3996     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
3997     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
3998     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3999       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4000         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4001     return false;
4002 
4003     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4004     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4005     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4006   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4007     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4008     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4009     //   function call.
4010     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4011   }
4012 }
4013 
4014 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4015 /// ARC mode.
4016 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4017   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4018   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4019     return false;
4020 
4021   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4022   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4023   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4024     return true;
4025 
4026   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4027     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4028   }
4029 
4030   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4031 }
4032 
4033 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4034                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4035 
4036 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4037                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4038                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4039   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4040     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4041 
4042   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4043     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4044                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4045 
4046   switch (Kind) {
4047   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4048   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4049   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4050     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4051     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4052     //
4053     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4054     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4055     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4056     //
4057     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4058     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4059     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4060     //   variable t:
4061     //
4062     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4063     assert(!Args.empty());
4064 
4065     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4066     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4067     // unknown bound.
4068     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4069       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4070       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4071         continue;
4072 
4073       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4074           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4075         return false;
4076     }
4077 
4078     // Make sure the first argument is a complete type.
4079     if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
4080       return false;
4081 
4082     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4083     CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4084     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4085       return false;
4086 
4087     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4088     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4089     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4090     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4091       QualType T = Args[I]->getType();
4092       if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType())
4093         T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
4094       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4095         OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4096                         T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4097                         Expr::getValueKindForType(T)));
4098     }
4099     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4100       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4101 
4102     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4103     // trap at translation unit scope.
4104     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4105     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4106     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4107     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4108     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4109                                                                  RParenLoc));
4110     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4111     if (Init.Failed())
4112       return false;
4113 
4114     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4115     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4116       return false;
4117 
4118     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4119       return true;
4120 
4121     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4122       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4123 
4124     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4125       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4126       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4127       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4128           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
4129         return false;
4130 
4131       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4132       // calls.
4133       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4134     }
4135 
4136     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4137     return false;
4138   }
4139     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4140   }
4141 
4142   return false;
4143 }
4144 
4145 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4146                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4147                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4148   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4149 
4150   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4151                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4152     return ExprError();
4153 
4154   bool Dependent = false;
4155   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4156     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4157       Dependent = true;
4158       break;
4159     }
4160   }
4161 
4162   bool Result = false;
4163   if (!Dependent)
4164     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4165 
4166   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4167                                RParenLoc, Result);
4168 }
4169 
4170 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4171                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4172                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4173   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4174   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4175 
4176   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4177     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4178     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4179     if (!TInfo)
4180       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4181 
4182     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4183   }
4184 
4185   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4186 }
4187 
4188 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4189                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4190   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4191          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4192 
4193   switch(BTT) {
4194   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4195     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4196     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4197     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4198     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4199 
4200     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4201     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4202 
4203     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4204     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4205 
4206     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4207              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4208 
4209     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4210       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4211 
4212     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4213     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4214     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4215     //   complete type.
4216     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4217                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4218       return false;
4219 
4220     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4221       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4222   }
4223   case BTT_IsSame:
4224     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4225   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4226     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4227                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4228   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4229   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4230     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4231     //   Given the following function prototype:
4232     //
4233     //     template <class T>
4234     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4235     //
4236     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4237     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4238     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4239     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4240     //   type of the function:
4241     //
4242     //     To test() {
4243     //       return create<From>();
4244     //     }
4245     //
4246     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4247     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4248     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4249     //   is considered.
4250     //
4251     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4252     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4253     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4254 
4255     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4256     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4257       return false;
4258 
4259     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4260     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4261       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4262 
4263     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4264     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) ||
4265         Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0))
4266       return false;
4267 
4268     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4269     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4270       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4271 
4272     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4273     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4274     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4275                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4276     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4277     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4278                                                            SourceLocation()));
4279 
4280     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4281     // trap at translation unit scope.
4282     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4283     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4284     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4285     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4286     if (Init.Failed())
4287       return false;
4288 
4289     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4290     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4291   }
4292 
4293   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4294   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4295     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4296     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4297     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4298     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4299     //
4300     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4301     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4302     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4303     //
4304     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4305     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4306     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4307         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4308           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4309       return false;
4310     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4311         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4312           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4313       return false;
4314 
4315     // cv void is never assignable.
4316     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4317       return false;
4318 
4319     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4320     // declval<U>().
4321     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4322       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4323     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4324       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4325     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4326                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4327     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4328                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4329 
4330     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4331     // trap at translation unit scope.
4332     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4333     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4334     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4335     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4336                                         &Rhs);
4337     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4338       return false;
4339 
4340     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4341       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4342 
4343     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4344       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4345       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4346       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4347           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4348         return false;
4349 
4350       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4351     }
4352 
4353     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4354     return false;
4355   }
4356     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4357   }
4358   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4359 }
4360 
4361 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4362                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4363                                      ParsedType Ty,
4364                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4365                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4366   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4367   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4368   if (!TSInfo)
4369     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4370 
4371   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4372 }
4373 
4374 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4375                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4376                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4377   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4378 
4379   switch(ATT) {
4380   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4381     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4382       unsigned Dim = 0;
4383       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4384         ++Dim;
4385         T = AT->getElementType();
4386       }
4387       return Dim;
4388     }
4389     return 0;
4390 
4391   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4392     llvm::APSInt Value;
4393     uint64_t Dim;
4394     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4395           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4396           false).isInvalid())
4397       return 0;
4398     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4399       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4400         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4401       return 0;
4402     }
4403     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4404 
4405     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4406       unsigned D = 0;
4407       bool Matched = false;
4408       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4409         if (Dim == D) {
4410           Matched = true;
4411           break;
4412         }
4413         ++D;
4414         T = AT->getElementType();
4415       }
4416 
4417       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4418         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4419           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4420       }
4421     }
4422     return 0;
4423   }
4424   }
4425   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4426 }
4427 
4428 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4429                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4430                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4431                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4432                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4433   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4434 
4435   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4436   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4437   uint64_t Value = 0;
4438   if (!T->isDependentType())
4439     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4440 
4441   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4442   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4443   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4444   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4445   // important distinction.
4446   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4447                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4448 }
4449 
4450 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4451                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4452                                       Expr *Queried,
4453                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4454   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4455   if (!Queried)
4456     return ExprError();
4457 
4458   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4459 
4460   return Result;
4461 }
4462 
4463 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4464   switch (ET) {
4465   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4466   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4467   }
4468   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4469 }
4470 
4471 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4472                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4473                                       Expr *Queried,
4474                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4475   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4476     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4477   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4478     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4479     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4480     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4481   }
4482 
4483   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4484 
4485   return new (Context)
4486       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4487 }
4488 
4489 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4490                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4491                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4492                                             bool isIndirect) {
4493   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4494          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4495          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4496 
4497   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4498   if (isIndirect) {
4499     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4500     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4501   }
4502 
4503   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4504   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4505   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4506 
4507   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4508   // C++ 5.5p2
4509   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4510   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4511   //   class type) [...]
4512   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4513   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4514   if (!MemPtr) {
4515     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4516       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4517     return QualType();
4518   }
4519 
4520   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4521 
4522   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4523   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4524   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4525   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4526   // likely to be considered a defect.
4527 
4528   // C++ 5.5p2
4529   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4530   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4531   //   such a class]
4532   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4533   if (isIndirect) {
4534     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4535       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4536     else {
4537       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4538         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4539         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4540       return QualType();
4541     }
4542   }
4543 
4544   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4545     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4546     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4547                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4548       return QualType();
4549     }
4550 
4551     if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) {
4552       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4553         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4554       return QualType();
4555     }
4556 
4557     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4558     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4559                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4560                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4561                                      &BasePath))
4562       return QualType();
4563 
4564     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4565     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4566     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4567     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4568                             &BasePath);
4569   }
4570 
4571   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4572     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4573     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4574     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4575      return QualType();
4576   }
4577 
4578   // C++ 5.5p2
4579   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4580   //   second operand.
4581   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4582   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4583   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4584   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4585 
4586   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4587   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4588   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4589   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4590   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4591   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4592   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4593     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4594     case RQ_None:
4595       // Do nothing
4596       break;
4597 
4598     case RQ_LValue:
4599       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4600         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4601           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4602       break;
4603 
4604     case RQ_RValue:
4605       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4606         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4607           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4608       break;
4609     }
4610   }
4611 
4612   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4613   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4614   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4615   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4616   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4617   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4618   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4619   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4620     VK = VK_RValue;
4621     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4622   } else if (isIndirect) {
4623     VK = VK_LValue;
4624   } else {
4625     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4626   }
4627 
4628   return Result;
4629 }
4630 
4631 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
4632 ///
4633 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4634 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4635 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4636 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4637 /// as such.
4638 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4639                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4640                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4641                                 QualType &ToType) {
4642   HaveConversion = false;
4643   ToType = To->getType();
4644 
4645   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4646                                                            SourceLocation());
4647   // C++0x 5.16p3
4648   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4649   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4650   //   as follows:
4651   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
4652   bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
4653   if (ToIsLvalue) {
4654     //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
4655     //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
4656     //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
4657     QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
4658     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4659 
4660     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4661     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4662       ToType = T;
4663       HaveConversion = true;
4664       return false;
4665     }
4666 
4667     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4668       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4669   }
4670 
4671   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4672   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4673   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4674   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4675   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4676   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4677   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4678   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4679                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
4680   if (FRec && TRec &&
4681       (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
4682     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4683     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4684     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4685     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4686       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4687         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4688         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4689         if (InitSeq) {
4690           HaveConversion = true;
4691           return false;
4692         }
4693 
4694         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4695           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4696       }
4697     }
4698 
4699     return false;
4700   }
4701 
4702   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4703   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4704   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4705   //        an rvalue).
4706   //
4707   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4708   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4709   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4710     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4711 
4712   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4713   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4714   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4715   ToType = TTy;
4716   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4717     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4718 
4719   return false;
4720 }
4721 
4722 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4723 ///
4724 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4725 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4726 /// conversion to a common type.
4727 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4728                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4729   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
4730   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
4731                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
4732   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
4733                                     CandidateSet);
4734 
4735   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4736   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
4737     case OR_Success: {
4738       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
4739       ExprResult LHSRes =
4740         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4741                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
4742       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
4743         break;
4744       LHS = LHSRes;
4745 
4746       ExprResult RHSRes =
4747         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4748                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
4749       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
4750         break;
4751       RHS = RHSRes;
4752       if (Best->Function)
4753         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
4754       return false;
4755     }
4756 
4757     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4758 
4759       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4760       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4761       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4762       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4763         return true;
4764 
4765       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4766         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4767         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4768       return true;
4769 
4770     case OR_Ambiguous:
4771       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
4772         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4773         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4774       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
4775       // the viable candidates.
4776       break;
4777 
4778     case OR_Deleted:
4779       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
4780   }
4781   return true;
4782 }
4783 
4784 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
4785 /// TryClassUnification.
4786 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
4787   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4788   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
4789                                                            SourceLocation());
4790   Expr *Arg = E.get();
4791   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4792   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4793   if (Result.isInvalid())
4794     return true;
4795 
4796   E = Result;
4797   return false;
4798 }
4799 
4800 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
4801 ///
4802 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
4803 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
4804 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4805                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4806                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
4807                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4808   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
4809   // interface pointers.
4810 
4811   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
4812   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
4813   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
4814     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
4815     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
4816       return QualType();
4817     Cond = CondRes;
4818   }
4819 
4820   // Assume r-value.
4821   VK = VK_RValue;
4822   OK = OK_Ordinary;
4823 
4824   // Either of the arguments dependent?
4825   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
4826     return Context.DependentTy;
4827 
4828   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
4829   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
4830   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4831   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4832   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
4833   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
4834   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
4835     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
4836     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
4837     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
4838     //      and value category of the other.
4839     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4840     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4841     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
4842       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
4843       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
4844       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
4845       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
4846       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
4847       return NonThrow->getType();
4848     }
4849 
4850     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
4851     //      type void and is a prvalue.
4852     if (LVoid && RVoid)
4853       return Context.VoidTy;
4854 
4855     // Neither holds, error.
4856     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
4857       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
4858       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4859     return QualType();
4860   }
4861 
4862   // Neither is void.
4863 
4864   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4865   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
4866   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
4867   //   those operands to the type of the other.
4868   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4869       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4870     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
4871     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
4872     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
4873     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
4874       return QualType();
4875     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
4876       return QualType();
4877 
4878     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
4879     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
4880       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
4881         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4882       return QualType();
4883     }
4884 
4885     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
4886     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
4887     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
4888     if (HaveL2R) {
4889       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
4890         return QualType();
4891       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4892     } else if (HaveR2L) {
4893       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
4894         return QualType();
4895       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4896     }
4897   }
4898 
4899   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4900   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
4901   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
4902   //   operands to the type of the other.
4903   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4904   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
4905   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4906       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
4907       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
4908     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
4909     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
4910     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
4911     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4912     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4913     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
4914       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
4915       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4916     }
4917     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
4918       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
4919       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4920     }
4921   }
4922 
4923   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
4924   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
4925   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
4926   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
4927   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
4928   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
4929   // l-values.
4930   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
4931   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
4932       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
4933       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
4934     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4935     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
4936         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
4937       OK = OK_BitField;
4938     return LTy;
4939   }
4940 
4941   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
4942   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
4943   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
4944   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4945     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
4946     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
4947     //   program is ill-formed.
4948     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
4949       return QualType();
4950   }
4951 
4952   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
4953   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
4954   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
4955   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4956   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4957   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
4958     return QualType();
4959   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4960   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4961 
4962   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
4963   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
4964   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
4965   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
4966   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
4967   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
4968   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
4969     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
4970       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
4971       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
4972                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
4973         return QualType();
4974       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
4975 
4976       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
4977                                                      SourceLocation(),
4978                                                      LHS);
4979       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
4980         return QualType();
4981 
4982       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
4983                                                      SourceLocation(),
4984                                                      RHS);
4985       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
4986         return QualType();
4987 
4988       LHS = LHSCopy;
4989       RHS = RHSCopy;
4990     }
4991 
4992     return LTy;
4993   }
4994 
4995   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
4996   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
4997     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
4998                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
4999                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5000 
5001   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5002   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5003   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5004   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5005     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5006     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5007       return QualType();
5008 
5009     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5010     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5011 
5012     return ResTy;
5013   }
5014 
5015   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5016   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5017   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5018   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5019   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5020   //      pointer type.
5021   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5022   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5023   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5024   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5025   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5026   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5027   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5028   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5029                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5030                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5031   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5032     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5033       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5034            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5035         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5036         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5037 
5038     return Composite;
5039   }
5040 
5041   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5042   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5043   if (!Composite.isNull())
5044     return Composite;
5045 
5046   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5047   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5048     return QualType();
5049 
5050   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5051     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5052     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5053   return QualType();
5054 }
5055 
5056 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5057 ///
5058 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5059 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5060 /// type and returns it.
5061 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5062 ///
5063 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5064 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5065 ///
5066 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5067 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5068 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5069 /// will be set true.
5070 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5071                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5072                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5073   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5074     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5075 
5076   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5077   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5078 
5079   // C++11 5.9p2
5080   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5081   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5082   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5083   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5084   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5085   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5086       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5087     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5088         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5089       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5090       return T1;
5091     }
5092     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5093         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5094       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5095       return T2;
5096     }
5097     return QualType();
5098   }
5099 
5100   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5101     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5102       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5103     else
5104       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5105     return T2;
5106   }
5107   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5108     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5109       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5110     else
5111       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5112     return T1;
5113   }
5114 
5115   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5116   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5117       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5118     return QualType();
5119 
5120   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5121   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5122   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5123   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5124   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5125   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5126   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5127   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5128   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5129   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5130   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5131   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5132   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5133   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5134       ContainingClassVector;
5135   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5136   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5137            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5138   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5139   do {
5140     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5141     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5142         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5143       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5144       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5145 
5146       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5147       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5148       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5149           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5150         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5151 
5152       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5153                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5154       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5155       continue;
5156     }
5157 
5158     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5159     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5160         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5161       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5162       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5163 
5164       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5165       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5166       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5167           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5168         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5169 
5170       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5171                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5172       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5173                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5174       continue;
5175     }
5176 
5177     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5178 
5179     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5180     break;
5181   } while (true);
5182 
5183   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5184     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5185     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5186     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5187     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5188       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5189         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5190         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5191       }
5192     }
5193   }
5194 
5195   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5196   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5197     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5198   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5199          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5200          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5201        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5202     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5203     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5204       // Rebuild member pointer type
5205       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5206                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5207                                     MOC->first);
5208       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5209                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5210                                     MOC->second);
5211     } else {
5212       // Rebuild pointer type
5213       Composite1
5214         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5215       Composite2
5216         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5217     }
5218   }
5219 
5220   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5221   InitializedEntity Entity1
5222     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5223   InitializationKind Kind
5224     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5225   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5226   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5227 
5228   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5229     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5230     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5231       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5232       // Composite2 is also viable.
5233       InitializedEntity Entity2
5234         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5235       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5236       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5237       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5238         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5239         // this is an ambiguity.
5240         return QualType();
5241       }
5242     }
5243 
5244     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5245     ExprResult E1Result
5246       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5247     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5248       return QualType();
5249     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5250 
5251     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5252     ExprResult E2Result
5253       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5254     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5255       return QualType();
5256     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5257 
5258     return Composite1;
5259   }
5260 
5261   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5262   InitializedEntity Entity2
5263     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5264   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5265   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5266   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5267     return QualType();
5268 
5269   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5270   ExprResult E1Result
5271     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5272   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5273     return QualType();
5274   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5275 
5276   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5277   ExprResult E2Result
5278     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5279   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5280     return QualType();
5281   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5282 
5283   return Composite2;
5284 }
5285 
5286 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5287   if (!E)
5288     return ExprError();
5289 
5290   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5291 
5292   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5293   if (!E->isRValue())
5294     return E;
5295 
5296   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5297   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5298   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5299       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5300 
5301     bool ReturnsRetained;
5302 
5303     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5304     // called value.
5305     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5306       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5307       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5308 
5309       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5310         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5311         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5312           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5313         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5314           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5315       }
5316 
5317       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5318         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5319       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5320         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5321       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5322         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5323 
5324       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5325       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5326       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5327 
5328     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5329     // type always produce a +1 object.
5330     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5331       ReturnsRetained = true;
5332 
5333     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5334     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5335     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5336                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5337       return E;
5338 
5339     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5340     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5341     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5342     } else {
5343       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5344       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5345         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5346       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5347         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5348       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5349         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5350       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5351                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5352         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5353       }
5354 
5355       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5356 
5357       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5358       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5359       // return an object.
5360       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5361           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5362         return E;
5363     }
5364 
5365     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5366     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5367       return E;
5368 
5369     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5370 
5371     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5372                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5373     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5374                                     VK_RValue);
5375   }
5376 
5377   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5378     return E;
5379 
5380   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5381   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5382   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5383   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5384   while (!RT) {
5385     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5386     case Type::Record:
5387       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5388       break;
5389     case Type::ConstantArray:
5390     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5391     case Type::VariableArray:
5392     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5393       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5394       break;
5395     default:
5396       return E;
5397     }
5398   }
5399 
5400   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5401   // not processing a decltype expression.
5402   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5403   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5404     return E;
5405 
5406   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5407   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5408 
5409   if (Destructor) {
5410     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5411     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5412                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5413                             << E->getType());
5414     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5415       return ExprError();
5416 
5417     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5418     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5419       return E;
5420 
5421     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5422     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5423   }
5424 
5425   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5426   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5427 
5428   if (IsDecltype)
5429     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5430 
5431   return Bind;
5432 }
5433 
5434 ExprResult
5435 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5436   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5437     return ExprError();
5438 
5439   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5440 }
5441 
5442 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5443   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5444 
5445   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5446 
5447   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5448   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5449   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5450   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5451     return SubExpr;
5452 
5453   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5454                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5455 
5456   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5457   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5458 
5459   return E;
5460 }
5461 
5462 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5463   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5464 
5465   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5466 
5467   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5468     return SubStmt;
5469 
5470   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5471   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5472   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5473   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5474   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5475                                                       SourceLocation(),
5476                                                       SourceLocation());
5477   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5478                                    SourceLocation());
5479   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5480 }
5481 
5482 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5483 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5484 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5485 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5486 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5487   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5488 
5489   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5490   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5491   // -- if the function call is either
5492   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5493   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5494   //      decltype-specifier,
5495   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5496 
5497   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5498   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5499   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5500     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5501     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5502       return ExprError();
5503     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5504       return E;
5505     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5506   }
5507   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5508     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5509       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5510       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5511         return ExprError();
5512       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5513         return E;
5514       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5515           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5516           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5517     }
5518   }
5519 
5520   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5521   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5522                               : nullptr;
5523   if (TopCall)
5524     E = TopCall;
5525   else
5526     TopBind = nullptr;
5527 
5528   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5529   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5530 
5531   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5532   // decltype expression.
5533   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5534     return E;
5535 
5536   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5537   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5538        I != N; ++I) {
5539     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5540     if (Call == TopCall)
5541       continue;
5542 
5543     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5544                             Call->getLocStart(),
5545                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5546       return ExprError();
5547   }
5548 
5549   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5550   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5551   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5552        I != N; ++I) {
5553     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5554       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5555     if (Bind == TopBind)
5556       continue;
5557 
5558     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5559 
5560     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5561       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5562     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5563     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5564 
5565     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5566     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5567                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5568                             << Bind->getType());
5569     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5570       return ExprError();
5571 
5572     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5573     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5574   }
5575 
5576   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5577   return E;
5578 }
5579 
5580 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5581 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5582                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5583   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5584   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5585   unsigned Limit = 9;
5586   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5587     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5588     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5589     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5590   }
5591 
5592   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5593     if (I == SkipStart) {
5594       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5595              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5596           << SkipCount;
5597       I += SkipCount;
5598     } else {
5599       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5600           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5601       ++I;
5602     }
5603   }
5604 }
5605 
5606 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5607                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5608                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5609                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5610                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5611   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5612   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5613   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5614   Base = Result.get();
5615 
5616   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5617   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5618   Base = Result.get();
5619 
5620   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5621   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5622   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5623     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5624     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5625     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5626     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5627       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5628         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5629 
5630     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5631     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5632     return Base;
5633   }
5634 
5635   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5636   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5637   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5638   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5639     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5640     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5641     bool FirstIteration = true;
5642     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5643     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5644     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5645     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5646     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5647 
5648     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5649       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5650         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5651           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5652         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5653         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5654           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5655         return ExprError();
5656       }
5657 
5658       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5659           S, Base, OpLoc,
5660           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5661           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5662           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5663           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5664           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5665               ? nullptr
5666               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5667       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5668         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5669           if (FirstIteration) {
5670             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5671               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5672               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5673             OpKind = tok::period;
5674             break;
5675           }
5676           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5677             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5678           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5679           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5680             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5681                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5682           }
5683         }
5684         return ExprError();
5685       }
5686       Base = Result.get();
5687       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5688         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5689       BaseType = Base->getType();
5690       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5691       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5692         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5693         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5694         return ExprError();
5695       }
5696       FirstIteration = false;
5697     }
5698 
5699     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5700         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5701       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5702   }
5703 
5704   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5705   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5706   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5707     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5708 
5709   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5710   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5711   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5712   //   postfix-expression.
5713   //
5714   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5715   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5716   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions.
5717   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5718     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5719   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5720     ObjectType = ParsedType();
5721     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5722     return Base;
5723   }
5724 
5725   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
5726   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
5727   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
5728   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
5729   //   the member function body.
5730   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
5731       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
5732       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
5733     return ExprError();
5734 
5735   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5736   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
5737   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
5738   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
5739   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
5740   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5741   return Base;
5742 }
5743 
5744 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
5745                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5746   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
5747     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5748     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
5749     Base = result.get();
5750   }
5751   ObjectType = Base->getType();
5752 
5753   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5754   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
5755   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
5756   //   This scalar type is the object type.
5757   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
5758   // arrow operator.
5759   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5760     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5761       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5762     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
5763       // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
5764       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5765         << ObjectType << true
5766         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5767       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
5768         return true;
5769 
5770       OpKind = tok::period;
5771     }
5772   }
5773 
5774   return false;
5775 }
5776 
5777 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5778                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5779                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5780                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5781                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
5782                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5783                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5784                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
5785   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
5786 
5787   QualType ObjectType;
5788   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5789     return ExprError();
5790 
5791   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
5792       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
5793     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
5794       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
5795     else {
5796       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
5797         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
5798       return ExprError();
5799     }
5800   }
5801 
5802   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5803   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
5804   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
5805   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
5806     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
5807     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
5808       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
5809     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
5810       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
5811         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5812           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5813           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5814 
5815         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5816         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5817         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5818                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5819         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5820       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
5821                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
5822 
5823         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5824           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
5825           // type.
5826         } else {
5827           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
5828             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5829             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5830         }
5831 
5832         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5833         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5834         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5835                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5836         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5837       }
5838     }
5839   }
5840 
5841   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5842   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
5843   //   form
5844   //
5845   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
5846   //
5847   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
5848   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
5849     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
5850     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
5851         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
5852 
5853       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
5854            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5855         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
5856         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5857 
5858       ScopeType = QualType();
5859       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
5860     }
5861   }
5862 
5863   Expr *Result
5864     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
5865                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
5866                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
5867                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
5868                                             CCLoc,
5869                                             TildeLoc,
5870                                             Destructed);
5871 
5872   return Result;
5873 }
5874 
5875 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5876                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5877                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5878                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5879                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5880                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5881                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5882                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
5883   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5884           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5885          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
5886   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5887           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5888          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
5889 
5890   QualType ObjectType;
5891   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5892     return ExprError();
5893 
5894   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
5895   // record types and dependent types matter.
5896   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
5897   if (!SS.isSet()) {
5898     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
5899       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
5900     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
5901       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
5902   }
5903 
5904   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
5905   // type (with source-location information).
5906   QualType DestructedType;
5907   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
5908   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
5909   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5910     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5911                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5912                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
5913     if (!T &&
5914         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
5915          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
5916       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
5917       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
5918       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
5919       // template instantiation time.
5920       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5921                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
5922     } else if (!T) {
5923       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5924            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
5925         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
5926       if (isSFINAEContext())
5927         return ExprError();
5928 
5929       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5930       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5931     } else
5932       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
5933   } else {
5934     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
5935     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
5936     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5937                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
5938     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
5939                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
5940                                        TemplateId->Template,
5941                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
5942                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
5943                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
5944                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5945     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
5946       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5947       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5948     } else
5949       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
5950   }
5951 
5952   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
5953   // information.
5954   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
5955     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
5956       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
5957                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
5958     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5959   }
5960 
5961   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
5962   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
5963   QualType ScopeType;
5964   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5965       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
5966     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5967       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
5968                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
5969                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
5970       if (!T) {
5971         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
5972              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
5973           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
5974 
5975         if (isSFINAEContext())
5976           return ExprError();
5977 
5978         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
5979         ScopeType = QualType();
5980       } else
5981         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
5982     } else {
5983       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
5984       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
5985       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5986                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5987       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
5988                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
5989                                          TemplateId->Template,
5990                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
5991                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
5992                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
5993                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5994       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
5995         // Recover by dropping this type.
5996         ScopeType = QualType();
5997       } else
5998         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
5999     }
6000   }
6001 
6002   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6003     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6004                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6005 
6006 
6007   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6008                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6009                                    Destructed);
6010 }
6011 
6012 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6013                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6014                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6015                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6016                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6017   QualType ObjectType;
6018   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6019     return ExprError();
6020 
6021   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6022                                  false);
6023 
6024   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6025   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6026   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6027   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6028   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6029 
6030   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6031                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6032                                    Destructed);
6033 }
6034 
6035 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6036                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6037                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6038   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6039       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6040     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6041     // is a LambdaExpr.
6042     Expr *SubE = E;
6043     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6044     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6045       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6046     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6047     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6048       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6049     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6050       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6051       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6052       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6053       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6054       // autoreleased.
6055       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6056       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6057                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6058                                                      Method, E);
6059       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6060         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6061       return Exp;
6062     }
6063   }
6064 
6065   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6066                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6067   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6068     return true;
6069 
6070   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6071       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6072       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6073   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6074     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6075   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6076 
6077   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6078   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6079   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6080 
6081   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6082     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6083                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6084   return CE;
6085 }
6086 
6087 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6088                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6089   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6090   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6091   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6092   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6093   if (R.isInvalid())
6094     return R;
6095 
6096   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6097   Operand = R.get();
6098 
6099   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6100       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6101     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6102     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6103     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6104   }
6105 
6106   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6107   return new (Context)
6108       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6109 }
6110 
6111 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6112                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6113   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6114 }
6115 
6116 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6117   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6118   // according to [expr]p10:
6119   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6120   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6121   //   one of the following forms:
6122   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6123 
6124   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6125   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6126     return true;
6127 
6128   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6129   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6130     return true;
6131 
6132   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6133   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6134     return true;
6135 
6136   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6137   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6138     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6139       return true;
6140 
6141   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6142     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6143     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6144       return true;
6145 
6146     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6147     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6148       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6149   }
6150 
6151   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6152   //     operands are one of the above, or
6153   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6154     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6155            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6156   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6157   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6158           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6159     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6160       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6161              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6162   }
6163 
6164   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6165   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6166     return true;
6167 
6168   return false;
6169 }
6170 
6171 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6172 /// context that ignores the result.
6173 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6174   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6175     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6176     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6177     E = result.get();
6178   }
6179 
6180   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6181   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6182   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6183   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6184   if (E->isRValue()) {
6185     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6186     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6187     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6188     // some clients.
6189     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6190       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6191 
6192     return E;
6193   }
6194 
6195   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6196     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6197     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6198     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6199     // conversion.
6200     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6201         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6202         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6203       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6204       if (Res.isInvalid())
6205         return E;
6206       E = Res.get();
6207     }
6208     return E;
6209   }
6210 
6211   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6212   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6213     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6214       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6215       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6216       return E;
6217     }
6218   }
6219 
6220   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6221   if (Res.isInvalid())
6222     return E;
6223   E = Res.get();
6224 
6225   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6226     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6227                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6228   return E;
6229 }
6230 
6231 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6232 // in a constant expression, return true.
6233 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6234 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6235 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6236 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6237 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6238 //    never be a constant expression.
6239 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6240 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6241 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6242 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6243 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6244     ASTContext &Context) {
6245   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6246   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6247 
6248   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6249   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6250   assert(DefVD);
6251   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6252   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6253 
6254   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6255 
6256   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6257     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6258     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6259     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6260     return false;
6261   }
6262 
6263   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6264 }
6265 
6266 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6267 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6268 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6269 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6270 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6271 /// need to be captured.
6272 
6273 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6274     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6275 
6276   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6277   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6278   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6279       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6280 
6281   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6282 
6283   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6284       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6285 
6286   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6287   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6288   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6289   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6290       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6291   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6292     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6293     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6294     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6295     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6296     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6297     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6298     // For e.g.:
6299     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6300     // int test() {
6301     //   const int x = 10;
6302     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6303     //     (void) +x + a;
6304     //   };
6305     // }
6306     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6307         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6308       continue;
6309 
6310     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6311     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6312     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6313             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6314                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6315       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6316       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6317                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6318     }
6319     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6320         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6321     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6322       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6323       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6324       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6325       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6326       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6327       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6328       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6329       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6330       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6331                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6332                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6333                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6334         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6335         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6336         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6337                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6338                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6339                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6340       }
6341     }
6342   }
6343 
6344   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6345   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6346     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6347     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6348     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6349             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6350                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6351       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6352       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6353                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6354                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6355     }
6356   }
6357 
6358   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6359   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6360 }
6361 
6362 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6363                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6364                                   TypoCorrection TC) {
6365   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6366                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6367   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6368   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6369 
6370   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6371   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6372     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6373   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6374     NewSS = *SS;
6375 
6376   if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) {
6377     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6378     R.addDecl(ND);
6379     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6380       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6381       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6382       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6383         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6384       if (!Record)
6385         Record =
6386             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6387       if (Record)
6388         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6389 
6390       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6391       // member.
6392       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6393       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6394         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6395       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6396         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6397       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6398         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6399       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6400         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6401       else
6402         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6403                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6404                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6405 
6406       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6407         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6408             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6409             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6410     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6411       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6412                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6413     }
6414   }
6415 
6416   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6417                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6418 }
6419 
6420 namespace {
6421 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6422   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6423 
6424 public:
6425   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6426       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6427   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6428     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6429     return true;
6430   }
6431 };
6432 
6433 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6434   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6435 
6436   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6437                      // process of being initialized.
6438   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6439   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6440   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6441   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6442 
6443   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6444   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6445   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6446   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6447   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6448     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6449       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6450       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6451       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6452         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6453         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6454 
6455         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6456         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6457         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6458         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6459         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6460         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6461                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6462           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6463 
6464         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6465       }
6466       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6467     }
6468   }
6469 
6470   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6471   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6472   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6473   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6474   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6475   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6476   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6477   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6478   /// of corrections.
6479   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6480     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6481       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6482       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6483       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6484         return true;
6485       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6486     }
6487     return false;
6488   }
6489 
6490   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6491     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6492       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6493 
6494     if (!E)
6495       return nullptr;
6496     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6497       return DRE->getDecl();
6498     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6499       return ME->getMemberDecl();
6500     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6501     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6502     // contain multiple decls.
6503     return nullptr;
6504   }
6505 
6506   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6507     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6508     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6509     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6510       return ExprError();
6511 
6512     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6513   }
6514 
6515 public:
6516   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6517       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6518 
6519   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6520                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6521                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6522                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6523     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6524                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6525     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6526       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6527         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6528         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6529           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6530         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6531           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6532       }
6533     }
6534     return Result;
6535   }
6536 
6537   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6538 
6539   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6540     ExprResult Res;
6541     while (true) {
6542       Res = TryTransform(E);
6543 
6544       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6545       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6546       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6547           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6548         break;
6549     }
6550 
6551     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6552     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6553     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6554     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6555     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6556     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6557     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6558     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6559     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6560     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6561       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6562       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6563       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6564       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6565       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6566       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6567         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6568         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6569         Res = ExprError();
6570         break;
6571       }
6572       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6573       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6574       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6575     }
6576     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6577 
6578     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6579     if (!Res.isUsable())
6580       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6581 
6582     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6583 
6584     return Res;
6585   }
6586 
6587   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6588     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6589     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6590     // first one that was encountered.
6591     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6592     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6593       return CacheEntry;
6594     }
6595 
6596     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6597     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6598 
6599     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6600     // typo correction and return it.
6601     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6602       if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl)
6603         continue;
6604       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6605           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6606           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6607       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6608         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6609         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6610         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6611         TypoCorrection Next;
6612         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6613             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6614           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6615         } else {
6616           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6617         }
6618         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6619                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6620         return CacheEntry = NE;
6621       }
6622     }
6623     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6624   }
6625 };
6626 }
6627 
6628 ExprResult
6629 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6630                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6631   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6632   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6633   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6634   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6635       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6636        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6637     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6638     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6639     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6640     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6641     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6642     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6643     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6644     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6645       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6646       return Result;
6647     }
6648     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6649   }
6650   return E;
6651 }
6652 
6653 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6654                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6655                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6656                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6657   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6658 
6659   if (!FullExpr.get())
6660     return ExprError();
6661 
6662   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6663   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6664   // containing full-expression is done).
6665   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6666   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6667   //     return a;
6668   //   }() ...);
6669   // }
6670   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6671   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6672   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6673   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6674   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6675   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6676   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6677   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6678       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6679     return ExprError();
6680 
6681   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6682   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6683       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6684     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6685     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6686       return ExprError();
6687   }
6688 
6689   if (DiscardedValue) {
6690     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6691     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6692       return ExprError();
6693 
6694     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6695     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6696       return ExprError();
6697   }
6698 
6699   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6700   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6701     return ExprError();
6702 
6703   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
6704 
6705   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
6706   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
6707   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
6708   // Consider the following code:
6709   // void f(int, int);
6710   // void f(const int&, double);
6711   // void foo() {
6712   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
6713   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
6714   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
6715   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
6716   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
6717   //      };
6718   //   };
6719   // }
6720 
6721   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
6722   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
6723   //   void f() {
6724   //     const int n = 0;
6725   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
6726   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
6727   //     };
6728   //   }
6729   //
6730   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
6731   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
6732   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
6733   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
6734 
6735   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
6736   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
6737   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
6738   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
6739   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
6740   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
6741   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
6742   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
6743   //   "Alternative suggestion:
6744   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
6745   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
6746   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
6747   //     constructor/destructor.
6748   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
6749   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
6750   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
6751   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
6752       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
6753     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
6754                                                               *this);
6755   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
6756 }
6757 
6758 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
6759   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
6760 
6761   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
6762 }
6763 
6764 Sema::IfExistsResult
6765 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
6766                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6767                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
6768   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
6769   if (!TargetName)
6770     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6771 
6772   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
6773   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
6774     return IER_Dependent;
6775 
6776   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
6777   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
6778                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6779   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
6780   R.suppressDiagnostics();
6781 
6782   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
6783   case LookupResult::Found:
6784   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
6785   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
6786   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
6787     return IER_Exists;
6788 
6789   case LookupResult::NotFound:
6790     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6791 
6792   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
6793     return IER_Dependent;
6794   }
6795 
6796   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
6797 }
6798 
6799 Sema::IfExistsResult
6800 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6801                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6802                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
6803   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
6804 
6805   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
6806   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
6807   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
6808   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
6809   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
6810     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
6811                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
6812                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
6813                                      Unexpanded);
6814     return IER_Error;
6815   }
6816 
6817   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
6818 }
6819